1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 24 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 26 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 27 28 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 29 30 using namespace clang; 31 using namespace CodeGen; 32 33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 34 llvm::Value *Array, 35 llvm::Value *Value, 36 unsigned FirstIndex, 37 unsigned LastIndex) { 38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 42 } 43 } 44 45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 46 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 47 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 48 } 49 50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 51 52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 53 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 54 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 55 if (!RD) 56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 57 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 58 } 59 60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 61 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 62 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 63 if (!RT) 64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 65 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 66 } 67 68 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 69 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 70 } 71 72 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 73 return CGT.getContext(); 74 } 75 76 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 77 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 78 } 79 80 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 81 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 82 } 83 84 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 85 return CGT.getTarget(); 86 } 87 88 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 89 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 90 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 91 switch (TheKind) { 92 case Direct: 93 OS << "Direct Type="; 94 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 95 Ty->print(OS); 96 else 97 OS << "null"; 98 break; 99 case Extend: 100 OS << "Extend"; 101 break; 102 case Ignore: 103 OS << "Ignore"; 104 break; 105 case InAlloca: 106 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 107 break; 108 case Indirect: 109 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 110 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 111 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 112 break; 113 case Expand: 114 OS << "Expand"; 115 break; 116 } 117 OS << ")\n"; 118 } 119 120 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 121 122 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 123 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 124 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 125 // Verified for: 126 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 127 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 128 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 129 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 130 // AArch64 Linux 131 return 32; 132 } 133 134 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 135 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 136 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 137 // x86_stdcall 138 // MIPS 139 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 140 return false; 141 } 142 143 void 144 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 145 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 146 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 147 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 148 // dynamic. 149 Opt = "-l"; 150 Opt += Lib; 151 } 152 153 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 154 155 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 156 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 157 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 158 bool AllowArrays) { 159 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 160 return true; 161 162 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 163 164 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 165 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 166 if (AllowArrays) 167 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 168 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 169 return true; 170 FT = AT->getElementType(); 171 } 172 173 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 174 if (!RT) 175 return false; 176 177 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 178 // 179 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 180 // current ABI. 181 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 182 return false; 183 184 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 185 } 186 187 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 188 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 189 /// considered empty. 190 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 191 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 192 if (!RT) 193 return 0; 194 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 195 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 196 return false; 197 198 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 199 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 200 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 201 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 202 return false; 203 204 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 205 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 206 return false; 207 return true; 208 } 209 210 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 211 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 212 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 213 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 214 /// considered single element structs. 215 /// 216 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 217 /// it exists. 218 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 219 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 220 if (!RT) 221 return nullptr; 222 223 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 224 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 225 return nullptr; 226 227 const Type *Found = nullptr; 228 229 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 230 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 231 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 232 // Ignore empty records. 233 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 234 continue; 235 236 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 237 if (Found) 238 return nullptr; 239 240 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 241 // cannot be a single element struct. 242 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 243 if (!Found) 244 return nullptr; 245 } 246 } 247 248 // Check for single element. 249 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 250 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 251 252 // Ignore empty fields. 253 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 254 continue; 255 256 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 257 // struct. 258 if (Found) 259 return nullptr; 260 261 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 262 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 263 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 264 break; 265 FT = AT->getElementType(); 266 } 267 268 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 269 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 270 } else { 271 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 272 if (!Found) 273 return nullptr; 274 } 275 } 276 277 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 278 // padding beyond the element type. 279 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 280 return nullptr; 281 282 return Found; 283 } 284 285 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 286 // Treat complex types as the element type. 287 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 288 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 289 290 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 291 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 292 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 293 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 294 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 295 return false; 296 297 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 298 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 299 } 300 301 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 302 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 303 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 304 /// inhibiting optimizations. 305 /// 306 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 307 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 308 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 309 // capable of handling it. 310 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 311 // We can only expand structure types. 312 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 313 if (!RT) 314 return false; 315 316 // We can only expand (C) structures. 317 // 318 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 319 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 320 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 321 return false; 322 323 uint64_t Size = 0; 324 325 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 326 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 327 return false; 328 329 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 330 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 331 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 332 if (FD->isBitField()) 333 return false; 334 335 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 336 } 337 338 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 339 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 340 return false; 341 342 return true; 343 } 344 345 namespace { 346 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 347 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 348 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 349 /// conform to any particular ABI. 350 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 351 public: 352 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 353 354 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 355 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 356 357 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 358 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 359 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 360 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 361 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 362 } 363 364 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 365 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 366 }; 367 368 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 369 public: 370 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 371 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 372 }; 373 374 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 375 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 376 return nullptr; 377 } 378 379 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 380 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 381 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 382 383 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 384 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 385 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 386 387 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 388 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 389 } 390 391 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 392 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 393 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 394 395 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 396 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 397 398 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 399 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 400 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 401 402 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 403 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 404 } 405 406 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 407 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 408 // 409 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 410 // are always passed on the stack. 411 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 412 413 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 414 public: 415 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 416 417 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 418 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 419 420 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 423 }; 424 425 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 426 public: 427 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 428 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 429 }; 430 431 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 432 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 433 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 434 435 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 436 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 437 } 438 439 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 440 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 441 return nullptr; 442 } 443 444 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 445 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 446 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 447 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 449 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 450 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 451 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 452 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 453 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 454 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 456 } 457 458 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 459 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 460 } 461 462 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 463 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 464 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 465 466 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 467 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 468 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 469 470 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 471 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 472 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 473 474 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 475 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 476 } 477 478 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 479 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 480 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 481 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 482 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 483 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 484 } 485 486 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 487 StringRef Constraint, 488 llvm::Type* Ty) { 489 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 490 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 491 // Invalid MMX constraint 492 return nullptr; 493 } 494 495 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 496 } 497 498 // No operation needed 499 return Ty; 500 } 501 502 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 503 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 504 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 505 506 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 507 struct CCState { 508 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {} 509 510 unsigned CC; 511 unsigned FreeRegs; 512 unsigned StackOffset; 513 bool UseInAlloca; 514 }; 515 516 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 517 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 518 enum Class { 519 Integer, 520 Float 521 }; 522 523 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 524 525 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 526 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 527 bool IsWin32StructABI; 528 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 529 530 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 531 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 532 } 533 534 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 535 536 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 537 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 538 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 539 540 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 541 542 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 543 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 544 545 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 546 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 547 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 548 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 549 550 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 551 /// inalloca. 552 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 553 554 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 555 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 556 QualType Type) const; 557 558 public: 559 560 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 561 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 562 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 563 564 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 565 unsigned r) 566 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 567 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 568 }; 569 570 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 571 public: 572 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 573 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 574 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 575 576 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 577 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 578 579 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 580 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 581 582 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 583 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 584 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 585 return 4; 586 } 587 588 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 589 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 590 591 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 592 StringRef Constraint, 593 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 594 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 595 } 596 597 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 598 std::string &Constraints, 599 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 600 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 601 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 602 std::string &AsmString, 603 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 604 605 llvm::Constant * 606 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 607 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 608 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 609 ('F' << 16) | 610 ('T' << 24); 611 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 612 } 613 614 }; 615 616 } 617 618 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 619 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 620 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 621 /// mov $0, $1 622 /// mov eax, $1 623 /// The result will be: 624 /// mov $0, $2 625 /// mov eax, $2 626 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 627 unsigned NumNewOuts, 628 std::string &AsmString) { 629 std::string Buf; 630 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 631 size_t Pos = 0; 632 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 633 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 634 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 635 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 636 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 637 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 638 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 639 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 640 Pos = DollarEnd; 641 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 642 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 643 // We have an operand reference. 644 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 645 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 646 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 647 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 648 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 649 unsigned OperandIndex; 650 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 651 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 652 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 653 OS << OperandIndex; 654 } else { 655 OS << OperandStr; 656 } 657 Pos = DigitEnd; 658 } 659 } 660 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 661 } 662 663 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 664 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 665 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 666 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 667 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 668 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 669 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 670 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 671 672 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 673 // larger. 674 if (!Constraints.empty()) 675 Constraints += ','; 676 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 677 Constraints += "={eax}"; 678 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 679 } else { 680 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 681 Constraints += "=A"; 682 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 683 } 684 685 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 686 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 687 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 688 689 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 690 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 691 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 692 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 693 694 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 695 } 696 697 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 698 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 699 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 700 ASTContext &Context) const { 701 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 702 703 // Type must be register sized. 704 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 705 return false; 706 707 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 708 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 709 // registers. 710 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 711 return false; 712 713 return true; 714 } 715 716 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 717 // member function pointer it is ok. 718 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 719 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 720 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 721 return true; 722 723 // Arrays are treated like records. 724 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 725 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 726 727 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 728 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 729 if (!RT) return false; 730 731 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 732 733 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 734 // passed in a register. 735 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 736 // Empty fields are ignored. 737 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 738 continue; 739 740 // Check fields recursively. 741 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 742 return false; 743 } 744 return true; 745 } 746 747 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 748 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 749 // integer register. 750 if (State.FreeRegs) { 751 --State.FreeRegs; 752 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 753 } 754 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 755 } 756 757 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 758 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 759 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 760 761 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 762 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 763 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 764 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 765 766 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 767 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 768 // backend will like. 769 if (Size == 128) 770 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 771 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 772 773 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 774 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 775 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 776 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 777 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 778 Size)); 779 780 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 781 } 782 783 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 784 } 785 786 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 787 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 788 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 789 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 790 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 791 } 792 793 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 794 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 795 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 796 797 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 798 // in a register. 799 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 800 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 801 802 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 803 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 804 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 805 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 806 // quality of the generated IR. 807 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 808 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 809 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 810 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 811 812 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 813 // padding. 814 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 815 } 816 817 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 818 } 819 820 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 821 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 822 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 823 824 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 825 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 826 } 827 828 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 829 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 830 } 831 832 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 833 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 834 if (!RT) 835 return 0; 836 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 837 838 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 839 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 840 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 841 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 842 return false; 843 844 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 845 QualType FT = i->getType(); 846 847 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 848 return true; 849 850 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 851 return true; 852 } 853 854 return false; 855 } 856 857 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 858 unsigned Align) const { 859 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 860 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 861 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 862 return 0; // Use default alignment. 863 864 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 865 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 866 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 867 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 868 } 869 870 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 871 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 872 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 873 return 16; 874 875 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 876 } 877 878 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 879 CCState &State) const { 880 if (!ByVal) { 881 if (State.FreeRegs) { 882 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 883 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 884 } 885 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 886 } 887 888 // Compute the byval alignment. 889 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 890 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 891 if (StackAlign == 0) 892 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 893 894 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 895 // argument. 896 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 897 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 898 } 899 900 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 901 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 902 if (!T) 903 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 904 905 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 906 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 907 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 908 return Float; 909 } 910 return Integer; 911 } 912 913 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 914 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 915 NeedsPadding = false; 916 Class C = classify(Ty); 917 if (C == Float) 918 return false; 919 920 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 921 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 922 923 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 924 return false; 925 926 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 927 State.FreeRegs = 0; 928 return false; 929 } 930 931 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 932 933 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) { 934 if (Size > 32) 935 return false; 936 937 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 938 return true; 939 940 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 941 return true; 942 943 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 944 return true; 945 946 if (State.FreeRegs) 947 NeedsPadding = true; 948 949 return false; 950 } 951 952 return true; 953 } 954 955 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 956 CCState &State) const { 957 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 958 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 959 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 960 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 961 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 962 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 963 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 964 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 965 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 966 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 967 } 968 969 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 970 if (IsWin32StructABI) 971 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 972 973 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 974 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 975 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 976 } 977 978 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 979 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 980 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 981 982 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 983 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 984 bool NeedsPadding; 985 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 986 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 987 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 988 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 989 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 990 } 991 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 992 993 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 994 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 995 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 996 // optimizations. 997 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 998 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 999 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1000 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType); 1001 1002 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1003 } 1004 1005 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1006 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1007 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1008 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1009 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1010 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1011 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1012 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1013 Size)); 1014 } 1015 1016 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1017 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1018 1019 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1020 } 1021 1022 1023 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1024 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1025 1026 bool NeedsPadding; 1027 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 1028 1029 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1030 if (InReg) 1031 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1032 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1033 } 1034 if (InReg) 1035 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1036 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1037 } 1038 1039 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1040 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1041 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1042 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1043 else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1044 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1045 else 1046 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1047 1048 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1049 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1050 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1051 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1052 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1053 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1054 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1055 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1056 } 1057 } 1058 1059 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1060 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1061 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1062 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1063 } 1064 1065 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1066 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1067 if (UsedInAlloca) 1068 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1069 } 1070 1071 void 1072 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1073 unsigned &StackOffset, 1074 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 1075 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1076 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1077 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1078 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 1079 1080 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 1081 // byte aligned. 1082 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 1083 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 1084 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 1085 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 1086 assert(NumBytes); 1087 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1088 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1089 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1090 } 1091 } 1092 1093 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1094 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1095 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1096 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1097 return true; 1098 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1099 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1100 return true; 1101 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1102 return false; 1103 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1104 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1105 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1106 if (Info.getInReg()) 1107 return false; 1108 return true; 1109 } 1110 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1111 } 1112 1113 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1114 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1115 1116 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1117 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1118 1119 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1120 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1121 1122 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1123 bool IsThisCall = 1124 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1125 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1126 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1127 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1128 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1129 ++I; 1130 } 1131 1132 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1133 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1134 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1135 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1136 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1137 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1138 } 1139 1140 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1141 if (IsThisCall) 1142 ++I; 1143 1144 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1145 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1146 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1147 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1148 } 1149 1150 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1151 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1152 } 1153 1154 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1155 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1156 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1157 1158 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1159 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1160 "ap"); 1161 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1162 1163 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1164 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1165 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1166 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1167 if (Align > 4) { 1168 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1169 llvm::Value *Offset = 1170 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1171 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1172 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1173 CGF.Int32Ty); 1174 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1175 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1176 Addr->getType(), 1177 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1178 } 1179 1180 llvm::Type *PTy = 1181 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1182 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1183 1184 uint64_t Offset = 1185 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1186 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1187 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1188 "ap.next"); 1189 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1190 1191 return AddrTyped; 1192 } 1193 1194 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1195 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1196 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1197 1198 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1199 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1200 break; 1201 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1202 return false; 1203 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1204 return true; 1205 } 1206 1207 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1208 return true; 1209 1210 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1211 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1212 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1213 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1214 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1215 return true; 1216 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1217 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) { 1218 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment: 1219 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus: 1220 case llvm::Triple::GNU: 1221 case llvm::Triple::MSVC: 1222 return true; 1223 default: 1224 return false; 1225 } 1226 default: 1227 return false; 1228 } 1229 } 1230 1231 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1232 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1233 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1235 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1236 // Get the LLVM function. 1237 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1238 1239 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1240 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1241 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1242 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1243 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1244 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1245 B)); 1246 } 1247 } 1248 } 1249 1250 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1251 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1252 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1253 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1254 1255 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1256 1257 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1258 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1259 // 8 is %eip. 1260 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1261 1262 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1263 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1264 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1265 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1266 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1267 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1268 1269 } else { 1270 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1271 // reason. 1272 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1273 1274 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1275 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1276 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1277 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1278 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1279 } 1280 1281 return false; 1282 } 1283 1284 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1285 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1286 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1287 1288 1289 namespace { 1290 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1291 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1292 enum Class { 1293 Integer = 0, 1294 SSE, 1295 SSEUp, 1296 X87, 1297 X87Up, 1298 ComplexX87, 1299 NoClass, 1300 Memory 1301 }; 1302 1303 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1304 /// 1305 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1306 /// classification \arg Field. 1307 /// 1308 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1309 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1310 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1311 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1312 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1313 1314 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1315 /// 1316 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1317 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1318 /// 1319 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1320 /// the classification process. 1321 /// 1322 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1323 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1324 /// 1325 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1326 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1327 /// 1328 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1329 1330 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1331 /// given type T should be passed. 1332 /// 1333 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1334 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1335 /// 1336 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1337 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1340 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1341 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1344 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1345 /// 1346 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1347 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1348 /// will be Memory. 1349 /// 1350 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1351 /// 1352 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1353 /// also be ComplexX87. 1354 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1355 bool isNamedArg) const; 1356 1357 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1358 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1359 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1360 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1361 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1362 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1363 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1364 1365 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1366 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1367 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1368 1369 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1370 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1371 /// 1372 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1373 /// available. 1374 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1375 1376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1377 1378 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1379 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1380 unsigned &neededInt, 1381 unsigned &neededSSE, 1382 bool isNamedArg) const; 1383 1384 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1385 1386 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1387 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1388 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1389 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1390 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1391 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1392 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1393 } 1394 1395 bool HasAVX; 1396 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1397 // 64-bit hardware. 1398 bool Has64BitPointers; 1399 1400 public: 1401 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1402 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1403 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1404 } 1405 1406 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1407 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1408 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1409 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1410 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1411 if (info.isDirect()) { 1412 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1413 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1414 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1415 } 1416 return false; 1417 } 1418 1419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1420 1421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1423 }; 1424 1425 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1426 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1427 1428 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const; 1429 1430 public: 1431 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1432 1433 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1434 1435 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1436 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1437 }; 1438 1439 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1440 public: 1441 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1442 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} 1443 1444 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1445 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1446 } 1447 1448 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1449 return 7; 1450 } 1451 1452 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1453 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1454 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1455 1456 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1457 // 16 is %rip. 1458 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1459 return false; 1460 } 1461 1462 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1463 StringRef Constraint, 1464 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1465 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1466 } 1467 1468 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1469 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1470 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1471 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1472 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1473 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1474 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1475 // defines varargs anyway. 1476 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1477 bool HasAVXType = false; 1478 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1479 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1480 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1481 HasAVXType = true; 1482 break; 1483 } 1484 } 1485 1486 if (!HasAVXType) 1487 return true; 1488 } 1489 1490 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1491 } 1492 1493 llvm::Constant * 1494 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1495 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1496 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1497 ('F' << 16) | 1498 ('T' << 24); 1499 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1500 } 1501 1502 }; 1503 1504 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1505 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This 1506 // matches the behavior of MSVC. 1507 std::string ArgStr = Lib; 1508 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1509 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1510 return ArgStr; 1511 } 1512 1513 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1514 public: 1515 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1516 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1517 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1518 1519 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1520 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1521 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1522 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1523 } 1524 1525 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1526 llvm::StringRef Value, 1527 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1528 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1529 } 1530 }; 1531 1532 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1533 public: 1534 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 1535 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 1536 1537 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1538 return 7; 1539 } 1540 1541 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1542 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1543 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1544 1545 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1546 // 16 is %rip. 1547 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1548 return false; 1549 } 1550 1551 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1552 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1553 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1554 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1555 } 1556 1557 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1558 llvm::StringRef Value, 1559 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1560 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1561 } 1562 }; 1563 1564 } 1565 1566 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1567 Class &Hi) const { 1568 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1569 // 1570 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1571 // memory. 1572 // 1573 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1574 // memory. 1575 // 1576 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1577 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1578 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1579 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1580 // 1581 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1582 // 1583 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1584 // only with unions; for example: 1585 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1586 // 1587 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1588 // 1589 if (Hi == Memory) 1590 Lo = Memory; 1591 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1592 Lo = Memory; 1593 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1594 Lo = Memory; 1595 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1596 Hi = SSE; 1597 } 1598 1599 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1600 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1601 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1602 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1603 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1604 // 1605 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1606 // 1607 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1608 // the other class. 1609 // 1610 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1611 // class. 1612 // 1613 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1614 // INTEGER. 1615 // 1616 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1617 // MEMORY is used as class. 1618 // 1619 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1620 1621 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1622 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1623 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1624 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1625 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1626 return Accum; 1627 if (Field == Memory) 1628 return Memory; 1629 if (Accum == NoClass) 1630 return Field; 1631 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1632 return Integer; 1633 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1634 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1635 return Memory; 1636 return SSE; 1637 } 1638 1639 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1640 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1641 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1642 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1643 // situations. 1644 1645 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1646 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1647 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1648 1649 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1650 1651 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1652 Current = Memory; 1653 1654 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1655 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1656 1657 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1658 Current = NoClass; 1659 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1660 Lo = Integer; 1661 Hi = Integer; 1662 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1663 Current = Integer; 1664 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1665 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1666 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1667 Current = SSE; 1668 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1669 Lo = X87; 1670 Hi = X87Up; 1671 } 1672 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1673 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1674 return; 1675 } 1676 1677 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1678 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1679 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1680 return; 1681 } 1682 1683 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1684 Current = Integer; 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 1688 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1689 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers) 1690 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1691 else 1692 Current = Integer; 1693 return; 1694 } 1695 1696 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1697 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1698 if (Size == 32) { 1699 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1700 // float> as integer. 1701 Current = Integer; 1702 1703 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1704 // split. 1705 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1706 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1707 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1708 Hi = Lo; 1709 } else if (Size == 64) { 1710 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1711 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1712 return; 1713 1714 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1715 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1716 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1717 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1718 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1719 Current = Integer; 1720 else 1721 Current = SSE; 1722 1723 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1724 // split. 1725 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1726 Hi = Lo; 1727 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1728 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1729 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1730 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1731 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1732 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1733 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1734 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1735 // 1736 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1737 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1738 // variadic function. 1739 Lo = SSE; 1740 Hi = SSEUp; 1741 } 1742 return; 1743 } 1744 1745 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1746 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1747 1748 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1749 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1750 if (Size <= 64) 1751 Current = Integer; 1752 else if (Size <= 128) 1753 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1754 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1755 Current = SSE; 1756 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1757 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1758 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1759 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1760 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1761 Current = ComplexX87; 1762 1763 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1764 // should be split. 1765 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1766 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1767 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1768 Hi = Lo; 1769 1770 return; 1771 } 1772 1773 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1774 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1775 1776 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1777 1778 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1779 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1780 if (Size > 256) 1781 return; 1782 1783 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1784 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1785 // 1786 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1787 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1788 return; 1789 1790 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1791 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1792 Current = NoClass; 1793 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1794 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1795 1796 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1797 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1798 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1799 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1800 return; 1801 1802 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1803 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1804 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1805 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1806 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1807 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1808 break; 1809 } 1810 1811 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1812 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 1813 return; 1814 } 1815 1816 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1817 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1818 1819 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1820 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1821 if (Size > 256) 1822 return; 1823 1824 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 1825 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 1826 // reference. 1827 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 1828 return; 1829 1830 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1831 1832 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 1833 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1834 return; 1835 1836 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1837 1838 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 1839 Current = NoClass; 1840 1841 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 1842 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1843 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1844 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1845 "Unexpected base class!"); 1846 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1847 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1848 1849 // Classify this field. 1850 // 1851 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 1852 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 1853 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 1854 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1855 uint64_t Offset = 1856 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1857 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1858 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1859 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1860 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1861 break; 1862 } 1863 } 1864 1865 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 1866 unsigned idx = 0; 1867 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 1868 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 1869 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1870 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 1871 1872 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 1873 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 1874 // 1875 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 1876 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1877 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1878 // 1879 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 1880 Lo = Memory; 1881 return; 1882 } 1883 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 1884 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 1885 Lo = Memory; 1886 return; 1887 } 1888 1889 // Classify this field. 1890 // 1891 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 1892 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 1893 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 1894 // NO_CLASS. 1895 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1896 1897 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 1898 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 1899 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 1900 if (BitField) { 1901 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 1902 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 1903 continue; 1904 1905 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1906 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 1907 1908 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 1909 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 1910 1911 if (EB_Lo) { 1912 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 1913 FieldLo = NoClass; 1914 FieldHi = Integer; 1915 } else { 1916 FieldLo = Integer; 1917 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 1918 } 1919 } else 1920 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1921 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1922 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1923 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1924 break; 1925 } 1926 1927 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1928 } 1929 } 1930 1931 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 1932 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1933 // place naturally. 1934 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1935 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1936 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1937 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1938 1939 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1940 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1941 } 1942 1943 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 1944 } 1945 1946 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 1947 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1948 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 1949 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 1950 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 1951 return true; 1952 } 1953 1954 return false; 1955 } 1956 1957 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 1958 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 1959 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1960 // place naturally. 1961 // 1962 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 1963 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 1964 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 1965 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 1966 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 1967 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 1968 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1969 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1970 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1971 1972 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1973 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1974 } 1975 1976 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 1977 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 1978 1979 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 1980 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 1981 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 1982 1983 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 1984 // is important for good codegen. 1985 // 1986 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 1987 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 1988 // 1989 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 1990 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 1991 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 1992 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 1993 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 1994 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 1995 // might be inreg. 1996 // 1997 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 1998 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 1999 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2000 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2001 // 2002 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2003 // attributes. See PR12193. 2004 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2005 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2006 2007 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2008 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2009 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2010 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2011 Size)); 2012 } 2013 2014 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 2015 } 2016 2017 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an 2018 /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a 2019 /// vector register. 2020 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2021 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2022 2023 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, 2024 // strip them off if present. 2025 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2026 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { 2027 IRType = STy->getElementType(0); 2028 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2029 } 2030 2031 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 2032 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 2033 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 2034 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 2035 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 2036 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 2037 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 2038 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 2039 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 2040 return VT; 2041 } 2042 2043 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2044 } 2045 2046 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2047 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2048 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2049 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2050 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2051 /// 2052 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2053 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2054 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2055 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2056 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2057 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2058 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2059 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2060 return true; 2061 2062 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2063 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2064 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2065 2066 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2067 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2068 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2069 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2070 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2071 2072 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2073 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2074 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2075 return false; 2076 } 2077 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2078 return true; 2079 } 2080 2081 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2082 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2083 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2084 2085 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2086 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2087 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2088 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2089 "Unexpected base class!"); 2090 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2091 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2092 2093 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2094 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2095 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2096 2097 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2098 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2099 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2100 return false; 2101 } 2102 } 2103 2104 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2105 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2106 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2107 // much. 2108 unsigned idx = 0; 2109 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2110 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2111 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2112 2113 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2114 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2115 2116 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2117 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2118 Context)) 2119 return false; 2120 } 2121 2122 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2123 // clean. 2124 return true; 2125 } 2126 2127 return false; 2128 } 2129 2130 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2131 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2132 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2133 /// false. 2134 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2135 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2136 // Base case if we find a float. 2137 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2138 return true; 2139 2140 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2141 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2142 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2143 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2144 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2145 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2146 } 2147 2148 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2149 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2150 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2151 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2152 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2153 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2154 } 2155 2156 return false; 2157 } 2158 2159 2160 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2161 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2162 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2163 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2164 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2165 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2166 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2167 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2168 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2169 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2170 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2171 2172 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2173 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2174 // case. 2175 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2176 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2177 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2178 2179 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2180 } 2181 2182 2183 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2184 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2185 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2186 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2187 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2188 /// etc). 2189 /// 2190 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2191 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2192 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2193 /// 2194 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2195 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2196 /// 2197 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2198 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2199 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2200 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2201 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2202 if (IROffset == 0) { 2203 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2204 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2205 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2206 return IRType; 2207 2208 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2209 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2210 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2211 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2212 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2213 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2214 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2215 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2216 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2217 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2218 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2219 2220 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2221 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2222 return IRType; 2223 } 2224 } 2225 2226 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2227 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2228 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2229 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2230 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2231 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2232 2233 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2234 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2235 } 2236 } 2237 2238 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2239 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2240 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2241 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2242 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2243 SourceOffset); 2244 } 2245 2246 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2247 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2248 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2249 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2250 2251 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2252 2253 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2254 // isn't larger than the structure. 2255 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2256 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2257 } 2258 2259 2260 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2261 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2262 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2263 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2264 /// return {i32*, float}. 2265 static llvm::Type * 2266 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2267 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2268 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2269 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2270 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2271 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2272 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2273 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2274 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2275 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2276 2277 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2278 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2279 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2280 // struct. 2281 if (HiStart != 8) { 2282 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2283 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2284 // Promote these to a larger type. 2285 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2286 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2287 else { 2288 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2289 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2290 } 2291 } 2292 2293 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL); 2294 2295 2296 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2297 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2298 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2299 return Result; 2300 } 2301 2302 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2303 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2304 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2305 // classification algorithm. 2306 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2307 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2308 2309 // Check some invariants. 2310 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2311 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2312 2313 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2314 switch (Lo) { 2315 case NoClass: 2316 if (Hi == NoClass) 2317 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2318 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2319 // null. 2320 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2321 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2322 break; 2323 2324 case SSEUp: 2325 case X87Up: 2326 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2327 2328 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2329 // hidden argument. 2330 case Memory: 2331 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2332 2333 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2334 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2335 case Integer: 2336 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2337 2338 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2339 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2340 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2341 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2342 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2343 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2344 2345 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2346 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2347 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2348 } 2349 break; 2350 2351 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2352 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2353 case SSE: 2354 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2355 break; 2356 2357 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2358 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2359 case X87: 2360 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2361 break; 2362 2363 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2364 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2365 // %st1. 2366 case ComplexX87: 2367 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2368 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2369 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2370 NULL); 2371 break; 2372 } 2373 2374 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2375 switch (Hi) { 2376 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2377 // never occur as a hi class. 2378 case Memory: 2379 case X87: 2380 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2381 2382 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2383 case NoClass: 2384 break; 2385 2386 case Integer: 2387 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2388 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2389 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2390 break; 2391 case SSE: 2392 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2393 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2394 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2395 break; 2396 2397 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2398 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2399 // vector register. 2400 // 2401 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2402 case SSEUp: 2403 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2404 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2405 break; 2406 2407 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2408 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2409 case X87Up: 2410 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2411 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2412 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2413 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2414 if (Lo != X87) { 2415 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2416 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2417 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2418 } 2419 break; 2420 } 2421 2422 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2423 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2424 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2425 if (HighPart) 2426 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2427 2428 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2429 } 2430 2431 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2432 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2433 bool isNamedArg) 2434 const 2435 { 2436 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2437 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2438 2439 // Check some invariants. 2440 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2441 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2442 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2443 2444 neededInt = 0; 2445 neededSSE = 0; 2446 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2447 switch (Lo) { 2448 case NoClass: 2449 if (Hi == NoClass) 2450 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2451 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2452 // null. 2453 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2454 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2455 break; 2456 2457 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2458 // on the stack. 2459 case Memory: 2460 2461 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2462 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2463 case X87: 2464 case ComplexX87: 2465 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2466 ++neededInt; 2467 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2468 2469 case SSEUp: 2470 case X87Up: 2471 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2472 2473 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2474 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2475 // and %r9 is used. 2476 case Integer: 2477 ++neededInt; 2478 2479 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2480 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2481 2482 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2483 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2484 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2485 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2486 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2487 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2488 2489 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2490 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2491 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2492 } 2493 2494 break; 2495 2496 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2497 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2498 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2499 case SSE: { 2500 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2501 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2502 ++neededSSE; 2503 break; 2504 } 2505 } 2506 2507 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2508 switch (Hi) { 2509 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2510 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2511 // which is passed in memory. 2512 case Memory: 2513 case X87: 2514 case ComplexX87: 2515 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2516 2517 case NoClass: break; 2518 2519 case Integer: 2520 ++neededInt; 2521 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2522 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2523 2524 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2525 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2526 break; 2527 2528 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2529 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2530 case X87Up: 2531 case SSE: 2532 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2533 2534 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2535 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2536 2537 ++neededSSE; 2538 break; 2539 2540 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2541 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2542 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2543 case SSEUp: 2544 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2545 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2546 break; 2547 } 2548 2549 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2550 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2551 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2552 if (HighPart) 2553 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2554 2555 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2556 } 2557 2558 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2559 2560 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2561 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2562 2563 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2564 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2565 2566 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2567 // integer register. 2568 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2569 --freeIntRegs; 2570 2571 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic(); 2572 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0; 2573 if (isVariadic) 2574 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs(); 2575 2576 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2577 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2578 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2579 it != ie; ++it) { 2580 bool isNamedArg = true; 2581 if (isVariadic) 2582 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) < 2583 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs); 2584 2585 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2586 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2587 neededSSE, isNamedArg); 2588 2589 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2590 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2591 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2592 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2593 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2594 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2595 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2596 } else { 2597 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2598 } 2599 } 2600 } 2601 2602 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2603 QualType Ty, 2604 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2605 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2606 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2607 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2608 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2609 2610 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2611 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2612 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2613 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2614 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2615 if (Align > 8) { 2616 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2617 llvm::Value *Offset = 2618 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2619 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2620 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2621 CGF.Int64Ty); 2622 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2623 overflow_arg_area = 2624 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2625 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2626 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2627 } 2628 2629 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2630 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2631 llvm::Value *Res = 2632 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2633 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2634 2635 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2636 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2637 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2638 // an 8 byte boundary. 2639 2640 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2641 llvm::Value *Offset = 2642 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2643 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2644 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2645 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2646 2647 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2648 return Res; 2649 } 2650 2651 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2652 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2653 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2654 // struct { 2655 // i32 gp_offset; 2656 // i32 fp_offset; 2657 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2658 // i8* reg_save_area; 2659 // }; 2660 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2661 2662 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2663 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2664 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2665 2666 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2667 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2668 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2669 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2670 2671 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2672 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2673 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2674 2675 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2676 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2677 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2678 // 2679 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2680 // register save space). 2681 2682 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2683 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2684 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2685 if (neededInt) { 2686 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2687 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2688 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2689 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2690 } 2691 2692 if (neededSSE) { 2693 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2694 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2695 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2696 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2697 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2698 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2699 } 2700 2701 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2702 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2703 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2704 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2705 2706 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2707 2708 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2709 2710 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2711 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2712 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2713 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2714 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2715 // 2716 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2717 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2718 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2719 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2720 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2721 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2722 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2723 "reg_save_area"); 2724 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2725 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2726 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2727 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2728 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2729 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2730 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2731 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2732 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2733 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2734 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2735 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2736 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2737 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2738 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2739 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2740 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2741 llvm::Value *V = 2742 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2743 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2744 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2745 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2746 2747 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2748 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2749 } else if (neededInt) { 2750 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2751 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2752 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2753 2754 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2755 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2756 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2757 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2758 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2759 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2760 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2761 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2762 RegAddr = Tmp; 2763 } 2764 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2765 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2766 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2767 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2768 } else { 2769 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2770 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2771 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2772 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2773 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2774 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2775 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2776 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2777 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL); 2778 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2779 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2780 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2781 DblPtrTy)); 2782 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2783 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2784 DblPtrTy)); 2785 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2786 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2787 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2788 } 2789 2790 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2791 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2792 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2793 if (neededInt) { 2794 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2795 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2796 gp_offset_p); 2797 } 2798 if (neededSSE) { 2799 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2800 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2801 fp_offset_p); 2802 } 2803 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2804 2805 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2806 2807 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2808 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2809 2810 // Return the appropriate result. 2811 2812 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2813 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2814 "vaarg.addr"); 2815 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2816 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 2817 return ResAddr; 2818 } 2819 2820 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const { 2821 2822 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 2823 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2824 2825 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2826 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2827 2828 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2829 2830 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2831 if (RT) { 2832 if (!IsReturnType) { 2833 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2834 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2835 } 2836 2837 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2838 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2839 2840 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 2841 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 2842 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2843 Size)); 2844 } 2845 2846 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2847 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 2848 // directly. 2849 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2850 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 2851 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2852 } 2853 2854 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2855 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 2856 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 2857 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size)) 2858 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2859 2860 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 2861 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 2862 } 2863 2864 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 2865 // extended. 2866 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 2867 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 2868 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2869 2870 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2871 } 2872 2873 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2874 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2875 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true); 2876 2877 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 2878 I.info = classify(I.type, false); 2879 } 2880 2881 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2882 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2883 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 2884 2885 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2886 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 2887 "ap"); 2888 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 2889 llvm::Type *PTy = 2890 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 2891 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 2892 2893 uint64_t Offset = 2894 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 2895 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 2896 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 2897 "ap.next"); 2898 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 2899 2900 return AddrTyped; 2901 } 2902 2903 namespace { 2904 2905 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 2906 public: 2907 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2908 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 2909 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 2910 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2911 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 2912 private: 2913 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 2914 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 2915 }; 2916 2917 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 2918 public: 2919 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2920 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} 2921 }; 2922 2923 } 2924 2925 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2926 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 2927 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2928 else 2929 NInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2930 } 2931 2932 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2933 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2934 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 2935 // is unuspported. 2936 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2937 } 2938 2939 2940 // PowerPC-32 2941 2942 namespace { 2943 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 2944 public: 2945 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 2946 2947 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 2948 // This is recovered from gcc output. 2949 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 2950 } 2951 2952 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2953 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 2954 }; 2955 2956 } 2957 2958 bool 2959 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2960 llvm::Value *Address) const { 2961 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 2962 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 2963 2964 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2965 2966 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 2967 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 2968 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 2969 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 2970 2971 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 2972 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 2973 2974 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 2975 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 2976 2977 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 2978 // 64: mq 2979 // 65: lr 2980 // 66: ctr 2981 // 67: ap 2982 // 68-75 cr0-7 2983 // 76: xer 2984 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 2985 2986 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 2987 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 2988 2989 // 109: vrsave 2990 // 110: vscr 2991 // 111: spe_acc 2992 // 112: spefscr 2993 // 113: sfp 2994 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 2995 2996 return false; 2997 } 2998 2999 // PowerPC-64 3000 3001 namespace { 3002 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3003 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3004 public: 3005 enum ABIKind { 3006 ELFv1 = 0, 3007 ELFv2 3008 }; 3009 3010 private: 3011 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3012 ABIKind Kind; 3013 3014 public: 3015 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 3016 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3017 3018 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3019 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 3020 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3021 uint64_t &Members) const; 3022 3023 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3024 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3025 3026 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3027 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3028 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3029 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3030 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3031 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3032 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3033 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3034 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3035 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3036 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3037 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3038 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3039 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3040 if (T) { 3041 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3042 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3043 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3044 QualType QT(T, 0); 3045 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3046 continue; 3047 } 3048 } 3049 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3050 } 3051 } 3052 3053 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3054 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3055 }; 3056 3057 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3058 public: 3059 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3060 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3061 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3062 3063 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3064 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3065 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3066 } 3067 3068 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3069 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3070 }; 3071 3072 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3073 public: 3074 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3075 3076 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3077 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3078 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3079 } 3080 3081 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3082 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3083 }; 3084 3085 } 3086 3087 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3088 // extended to 64 bits. 3089 bool 3090 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3091 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3092 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3093 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3094 3095 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3096 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3097 return true; 3098 3099 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3100 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3101 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3102 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3103 case BuiltinType::Int: 3104 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3105 return true; 3106 default: 3107 break; 3108 } 3109 3110 return false; 3111 } 3112 3113 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3114 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3115 bool 3116 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3117 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3118 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3119 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3120 3121 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3122 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3123 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3124 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3125 3126 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3127 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3128 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3129 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3130 if (EltType) { 3131 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3132 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3133 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3134 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3135 AlignAsType = EltType; 3136 } 3137 3138 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3139 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3140 uint64_t Members = 0; 3141 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3142 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3143 AlignAsType = Base; 3144 3145 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3146 if (AlignAsType) 3147 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3148 3149 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3150 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3151 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3152 return true; 3153 3154 return false; 3155 } 3156 3157 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3158 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3159 /// to the number of base elements. 3160 bool 3161 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3162 uint64_t &Members) const { 3163 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3164 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3165 if (NElements == 0) 3166 return false; 3167 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3168 return false; 3169 Members *= NElements; 3170 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3171 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3172 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3173 return false; 3174 3175 Members = 0; 3176 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3177 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3178 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3179 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3180 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3181 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3182 return false; 3183 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3184 } 3185 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3186 continue; 3187 3188 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3189 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3190 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3191 continue; 3192 3193 uint64_t FldMembers; 3194 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3195 return false; 3196 3197 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3198 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3199 } 3200 3201 if (!Base) 3202 return false; 3203 3204 // Ensure there is no padding. 3205 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3206 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3207 return false; 3208 } else { 3209 Members = 1; 3210 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3211 Members = 2; 3212 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3213 } 3214 3215 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3216 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3217 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3218 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 3219 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 3220 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3221 return false; 3222 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3223 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128) 3224 return false; 3225 } else { 3226 return false; 3227 } 3228 3229 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3230 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3231 // treated as being equivalent here. 3232 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3233 if (!Base) 3234 Base = TyPtr; 3235 3236 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3237 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3238 return false; 3239 } 3240 3241 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3242 // or two registers depending on their size. 3243 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : 3244 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3245 3246 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3247 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8); 3248 } 3249 3250 ABIArgInfo 3251 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3252 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3253 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3254 3255 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3256 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3257 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3258 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3259 if (Size > 128) 3260 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3261 else if (Size < 128) { 3262 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3263 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3264 } 3265 } 3266 3267 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3268 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3269 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3270 3271 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3272 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3273 3274 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3275 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3276 uint64_t Members = 0; 3277 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3278 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3279 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3280 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3281 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3282 } 3283 3284 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3285 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3286 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3287 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3288 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3289 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3290 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3291 3292 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3293 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3294 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3295 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3296 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3297 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3298 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3299 else { 3300 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3301 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3302 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3303 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3304 } 3305 3306 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3307 } 3308 3309 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3310 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3311 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3312 } 3313 3314 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3315 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3316 } 3317 3318 ABIArgInfo 3319 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3320 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3321 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3322 3323 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3324 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3325 3326 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3327 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3328 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3329 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3330 if (Size > 128) 3331 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3332 else if (Size < 128) { 3333 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3334 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3335 } 3336 } 3337 3338 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3339 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3340 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3341 uint64_t Members = 0; 3342 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3343 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3344 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3345 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3346 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3347 } 3348 3349 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3350 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3351 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3352 if (Bits == 0) 3353 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3354 3355 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3356 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3357 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3358 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL); 3359 } else 3360 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3361 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3362 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3363 } 3364 3365 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3366 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3367 } 3368 3369 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3370 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3371 } 3372 3373 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3374 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3375 QualType Ty, 3376 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3377 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3378 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3379 3380 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3381 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3382 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3383 3384 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3385 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3386 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3387 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3388 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3389 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3390 } 3391 3392 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3393 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3394 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3395 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3396 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3397 QualType BaseTy; 3398 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3399 3400 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3401 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3402 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3403 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3404 SizeInBytes = 16; 3405 } 3406 3407 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3408 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3409 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3410 "ap.next"); 3411 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3412 3413 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3414 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3415 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3416 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3417 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3418 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3419 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3420 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3421 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3422 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3423 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3424 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3425 } else { 3426 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3427 } 3428 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3429 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3430 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3431 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3432 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3433 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3434 "vacplx"); 3435 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3436 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3437 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3438 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3439 return Ptr; 3440 } 3441 3442 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3443 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3444 // correct offset. 3445 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3446 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3447 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3448 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3449 } 3450 3451 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3452 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3453 } 3454 3455 static bool 3456 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3457 llvm::Value *Address) { 3458 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3459 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3460 3461 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3462 3463 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3464 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3465 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3466 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3467 3468 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3469 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3470 3471 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3472 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3473 3474 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3475 // 64: mq 3476 // 65: lr 3477 // 66: ctr 3478 // 67: ap 3479 // 68-75 cr0-7 3480 // 76: xer 3481 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3482 3483 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3484 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3485 3486 // 109: vrsave 3487 // 110: vscr 3488 // 111: spe_acc 3489 // 112: spefscr 3490 // 113: sfp 3491 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3492 3493 return false; 3494 } 3495 3496 bool 3497 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3498 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3499 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3500 3501 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3502 } 3503 3504 bool 3505 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3506 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3507 3508 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3509 } 3510 3511 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3512 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3513 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3514 3515 namespace { 3516 3517 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3518 public: 3519 enum ABIKind { 3520 AAPCS = 0, 3521 DarwinPCS 3522 }; 3523 3524 private: 3525 ABIKind Kind; 3526 3527 public: 3528 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3529 3530 private: 3531 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3532 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3533 3534 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3535 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3536 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3537 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const; 3538 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3539 3540 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3541 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 3542 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far. 3543 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated 3544 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD 3545 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or 3546 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8. 3547 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0; 3548 3549 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number 3550 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into 3551 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be 3552 // partially in registers. 3553 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0; 3554 3555 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special 3556 // treatment with the Darwin ABI. 3557 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ? 3558 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() : 3559 FI.arg_size()); 3560 3561 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3562 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3563 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 3564 it != ie; ++it) { 3565 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR; 3566 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 3567 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8; 3568 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8; 3569 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) < 3570 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs)); 3571 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, 3572 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg); 3573 3574 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs 3575 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as 3576 // padding by the back end. 3577 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() && 3578 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) { 3579 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type); 3580 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64; 3581 3582 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3583 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots); 3584 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3585 } 3586 3587 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers 3588 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add 3589 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats. 3590 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) { 3591 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3592 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation); 3593 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy); 3594 } 3595 3596 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs 3597 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. 3598 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) { 3599 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3600 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR); 3601 it->info = 3602 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy); 3603 } 3604 } 3605 } 3606 3607 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3608 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3609 3610 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3611 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3612 3613 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3614 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3615 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3616 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3617 } 3618 }; 3619 3620 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3621 public: 3622 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3623 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3624 3625 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3626 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3627 } 3628 3629 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3630 3631 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3632 }; 3633 } 3634 3635 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3636 ASTContext &Context, 3637 bool isAArch64, 3638 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr); 3639 3640 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 3641 unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3642 bool &IsHA, 3643 unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3644 bool &IsSmallAggr, 3645 bool IsNamedArg) const { 3646 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3647 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3648 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3649 if (Size <= 32) { 3650 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3651 AllocatedGPR++; 3652 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3653 } 3654 if (Size == 64) { 3655 llvm::Type *ResType = 3656 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3657 AllocatedVFP++; 3658 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3659 } 3660 if (Size == 128) { 3661 llvm::Type *ResType = 3662 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3663 AllocatedVFP++; 3664 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3665 } 3666 AllocatedGPR++; 3667 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3668 } 3669 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3670 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128. 3671 AllocatedVFP++; 3672 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3673 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 3674 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3675 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3676 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3677 AllocatedVFP++; 3678 } 3679 3680 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3681 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3682 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3683 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3684 3685 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) { 3686 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3687 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3688 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3689 3690 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1; 3691 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded; 3692 } 3693 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3694 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3695 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3696 } 3697 3698 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3699 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3700 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3701 AllocatedGPR++; 3702 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3703 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3704 } 3705 3706 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3707 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3708 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3709 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3710 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3711 3712 ++AllocatedGPR; 3713 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3714 } 3715 3716 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3717 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3718 uint64_t Members = 0; 3719 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true, &Members)) { 3720 IsHA = true; 3721 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) { 3722 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack 3723 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles. 3724 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3725 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 3726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3727 } 3728 AllocatedVFP += Members; 3729 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3730 } 3731 3732 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 3733 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3734 if (Size <= 128) { 3735 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3736 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3737 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3738 3739 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3740 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64; 3741 IsSmallAggr = true; 3742 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 3743 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 3744 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 3745 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 3746 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3747 } 3748 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3749 } 3750 3751 AllocatedGPR++; 3752 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3753 } 3754 3755 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3756 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3757 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3758 3759 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 3760 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 3761 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3762 3763 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3764 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3765 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 3766 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3767 3768 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3769 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3770 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3771 } 3772 3773 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 3774 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3775 3776 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3777 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), true)) 3778 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 3779 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3780 3781 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 3782 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3783 if (Size <= 128) { 3784 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3785 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3786 } 3787 3788 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3789 } 3790 3791 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 3792 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 3793 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3794 // Check whether VT is legal. 3795 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3796 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 3797 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 3798 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 3799 return true; 3800 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 3801 } 3802 return false; 3803 } 3804 3805 static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3806 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP, 3807 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 3808 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 3809 // Standard, section B.4: 3810 // 3811 // struct { 3812 // void *__stack; 3813 // void *__gr_top; 3814 // void *__vr_top; 3815 // int __gr_offs; 3816 // int __vr_offs; 3817 // }; 3818 3819 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 3820 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 3821 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 3822 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 3823 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 3824 3825 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 3826 int reg_top_index; 3827 int RegSize; 3828 if (AllocatedGPR) { 3829 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs"); 3830 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 3831 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 3832 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 3833 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 3834 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR; 3835 } else { 3836 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs"); 3837 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 3838 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 3839 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 3840 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 3841 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP; 3842 } 3843 3844 //======================================= 3845 // Find out where argument was passed 3846 //======================================= 3847 3848 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 3849 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 3850 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 3851 // whatever they get). 3852 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 3853 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 3854 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 3855 3856 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 3857 3858 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 3859 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 3860 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 3861 3862 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 3863 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 3864 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 3865 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3866 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3867 3868 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3869 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 3870 "align_regoffs"); 3871 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3872 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 3873 "aligned_regoffs"); 3874 } 3875 3876 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 3877 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 3878 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3879 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 3880 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 3881 3882 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 3883 // registers or not. 3884 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 3885 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 3886 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 3887 3888 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 3889 3890 //======================================= 3891 // Argument was in registers 3892 //======================================= 3893 3894 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 3895 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 3896 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 3897 3898 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 3899 reg_top_p = 3900 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 3901 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 3902 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 3903 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 3904 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 3905 3906 if (IsIndirect) { 3907 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 3908 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 3909 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 3910 } 3911 3912 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3913 uint64_t NumMembers; 3914 bool IsHFA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, true, &NumMembers); 3915 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 3916 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 3917 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 3918 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 3919 // contiguously. 3920 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 3921 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3922 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 3923 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 3924 int Offset = 0; 3925 3926 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 3927 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 3928 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 3929 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 3930 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 3931 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 3932 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 3933 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 3934 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 3935 3936 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 3937 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 3938 } 3939 3940 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 3941 } else { 3942 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 3943 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 3944 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 3945 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 3946 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 3947 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3948 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3949 3950 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3951 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 3952 3953 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3954 } 3955 3956 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 3957 } 3958 3959 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 3960 3961 //======================================= 3962 // Argument was on the stack 3963 //======================================= 3964 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 3965 3966 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 3967 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 3968 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 3969 3970 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 3971 // floating-point ones might be affected. 3972 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3973 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3974 3975 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3976 3977 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3978 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 3979 "align_stack"); 3980 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3981 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 3982 "align_stack"); 3983 3984 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3985 } 3986 3987 uint64_t StackSize; 3988 if (IsIndirect) 3989 StackSize = 8; 3990 else 3991 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3992 3993 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 3994 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 3995 3996 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 3997 llvm::Value *NewStack = 3998 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 3999 4000 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 4001 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 4002 4003 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 4004 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 4005 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4006 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4007 4008 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4009 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4010 4011 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4012 } 4013 4014 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4015 4016 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4017 4018 //======================================= 4019 // Tidy up 4020 //======================================= 4021 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4022 4023 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4024 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4025 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4026 4027 if (IsIndirect) 4028 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4029 4030 return ResAddr; 4031 } 4032 4033 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4034 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4035 4036 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0; 4037 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 4038 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR, 4039 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/); 4040 4041 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP, 4042 AI.isIndirect(), CGF); 4043 } 4044 4045 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4046 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4047 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4048 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4049 // other cases. 4050 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4051 return nullptr; 4052 4053 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4054 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4055 4056 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4057 bool isHA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true); 4058 4059 bool isIndirect = false; 4060 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4061 // be passed indirectly. 4062 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4063 isIndirect = true; 4064 Size = 8; 4065 Align = 8; 4066 } 4067 4068 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4069 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4070 4071 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4072 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4073 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4074 4075 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4076 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4077 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4078 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4079 } 4080 4081 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4082 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4083 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4084 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4085 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4086 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4087 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4088 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4089 } 4090 4091 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4092 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4093 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4094 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4095 4096 if (isIndirect) 4097 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4098 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4099 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4100 4101 return AddrTyped; 4102 } 4103 4104 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4105 // ARM ABI Implementation 4106 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4107 4108 namespace { 4109 4110 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4111 public: 4112 enum ABIKind { 4113 APCS = 0, 4114 AAPCS = 1, 4115 AAPCS_VFP 4116 }; 4117 4118 private: 4119 ABIKind Kind; 4120 mutable int VFPRegs[16]; 4121 const unsigned NumVFPs; 4122 const unsigned NumGPRs; 4123 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs; 4124 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs; 4125 4126 public: 4127 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind), 4128 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) { 4129 setRuntimeCC(); 4130 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4131 } 4132 4133 bool isEABI() const { 4134 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4135 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4136 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4137 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4138 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4139 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4140 return true; 4141 default: 4142 return false; 4143 } 4144 } 4145 4146 bool isEABIHF() const { 4147 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4148 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4149 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4150 return true; 4151 default: 4152 return false; 4153 } 4154 } 4155 4156 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4157 4158 private: 4159 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4160 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic, 4161 bool &IsCPRC) const; 4162 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4163 4164 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4165 4166 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4167 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4168 4169 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4170 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4171 void setRuntimeCC(); 4172 4173 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4174 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4175 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const; 4176 }; 4177 4178 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4179 public: 4180 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4181 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4182 4183 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4184 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4185 } 4186 4187 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4188 return 13; 4189 } 4190 4191 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4192 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4193 } 4194 4195 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4196 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4197 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4198 4199 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4200 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4201 return false; 4202 } 4203 4204 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4205 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4206 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4207 } 4208 4209 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4210 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4211 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4212 if (!FD) 4213 return; 4214 4215 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4216 if (!Attr) 4217 return; 4218 4219 const char *Kind; 4220 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4221 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4222 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4223 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4224 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4225 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4226 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4227 } 4228 4229 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4230 4231 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4232 4233 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4234 return; 4235 4236 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4237 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4238 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4239 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4240 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4241 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4242 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4243 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4244 B)); 4245 } 4246 4247 }; 4248 4249 } 4250 4251 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4252 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 4253 // VFP registers allocated so far. 4254 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4255 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4256 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4257 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4258 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4259 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4260 4261 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4262 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !FI.isVariadic(); 4263 4264 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 4265 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 4266 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4267 } else { 4268 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4269 } 4270 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 4271 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs; 4272 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs; 4273 bool IsCPRC = false; 4274 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers 4275 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments. 4276 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC); 4277 4278 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running 4279 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and 4280 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the 4281 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could 4282 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as 4283 // unusable anyway. 4284 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the 4285 // backend can handle that situation correctly. 4286 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs; 4287 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal(); 4288 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && 4289 StackUsed && !IsByVal) { 4290 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 4291 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs); 4292 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) { 4293 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4294 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4295 } else { 4296 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4297 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4298 } 4299 } 4300 } 4301 4302 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4303 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4304 return; 4305 4306 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4307 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4308 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4309 } 4310 4311 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4312 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4313 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4314 if (isEABIHF()) 4315 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4316 else if (isEABI()) 4317 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4318 else 4319 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4320 } 4321 4322 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4323 /// as the C calling convention. 4324 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4325 switch (getABIKind()) { 4326 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4327 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4328 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4329 } 4330 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4331 } 4332 4333 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() { 4334 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4335 4336 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4337 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4338 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4339 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4340 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4341 } 4342 4343 /// isARMHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous 4344 /// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements 4345 /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the 4346 /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types. 4347 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 4348 ASTContext &Context, bool isAArch64, 4349 uint64_t *HAMembers) { 4350 uint64_t Members = 0; 4351 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 4352 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &Members)) 4353 return false; 4354 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4355 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4356 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4357 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4358 return false; 4359 4360 Members = 0; 4361 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 4362 uint64_t FldMembers; 4363 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &FldMembers)) 4364 return false; 4365 4366 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 4367 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 4368 } 4369 } else { 4370 Members = 1; 4371 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4372 Members = 2; 4373 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 4374 } 4375 4376 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4377 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. "long double" has the same machine 4378 // type as double, so it is also allowed as a base type. 4379 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 4380 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 4381 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 4382 // including __fp16. 4383 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4384 if (isAArch64) { 4385 if (!BT->isFloatingPoint()) 4386 return false; 4387 } else { 4388 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 4389 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 4390 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4391 return false; 4392 } 4393 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4394 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 4395 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128) 4396 return false; 4397 } else { 4398 return false; 4399 } 4400 4401 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the 4402 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here. 4403 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 4404 if (!Base) 4405 Base = TyPtr; 4406 4407 if (Base != TyPtr) { 4408 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the 4409 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have 4410 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type: 4411 4412 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number 4413 // of their members. 4414 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType() 4415 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4416 4417 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same 4418 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS. 4419 const bool SameSizeDoubles = 4420 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) 4421 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)) 4422 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4423 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))) 4424 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4425 4426 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles) 4427 return false; 4428 } 4429 } 4430 4431 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type. 4432 if (HAMembers) 4433 *HAMembers = Members; 4434 4435 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4); 4436 } 4437 4438 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and 4439 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested. 4440 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, 4441 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4442 // Early Exit. 4443 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) { 4444 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on 4445 // the stack. 4446 AllocatedVFPs = 17; 4447 return; 4448 } 4449 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4450 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4451 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4452 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) { 4453 bool FoundSlot = true; 4454 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4455 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) { 4456 FoundSlot = false; 4457 break; 4458 } 4459 if (FoundSlot) { 4460 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4461 VFPRegs[J] = 1; 4462 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired; 4463 return; 4464 } 4465 } 4466 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4467 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4468 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++) 4469 VFPRegs[I] = 1; 4470 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers. 4471 } 4472 4473 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers 4474 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4, 4475 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack. 4476 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, 4477 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4478 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes"); 4479 4480 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1) 4481 AllocatedGPRs += 1; 4482 4483 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired; 4484 } 4485 4486 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const { 4487 AllocatedGPRs = 0; 4488 AllocatedVFPs = 0; 4489 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i) 4490 VFPRegs[i] = 0; 4491 } 4492 4493 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic, 4494 bool &IsCPRC) const { 4495 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to 4496 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4497 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4498 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4499 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4500 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4501 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4502 // to four Elements. 4503 4504 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4505 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4506 4507 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4508 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4509 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4510 if (Size <= 32) { 4511 llvm::Type *ResType = 4512 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4513 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4514 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4515 } 4516 if (Size == 64) { 4517 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4518 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4519 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){ 4520 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2); 4521 } else { 4522 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4523 IsCPRC = true; 4524 } 4525 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4526 } 4527 if (Size == 128) { 4528 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4529 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4530 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) { 4531 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4); 4532 } else { 4533 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4); 4534 IsCPRC = true; 4535 } 4536 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4537 } 4538 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4539 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4540 } 4541 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types. 4542 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4543 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4544 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4545 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64. 4546 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32); 4547 IsCPRC = true; 4548 } 4549 } 4550 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types. 4551 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4552 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4553 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 4554 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { 4555 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1); 4556 IsCPRC = true; 4557 } 4558 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4559 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 4560 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4561 IsCPRC = true; 4562 } 4563 } 4564 } 4565 4566 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4567 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4568 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4569 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4570 } 4571 4572 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4573 if (!IsCPRC) 4574 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32); 4575 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() 4576 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4577 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4578 } 4579 4580 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4581 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4582 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4583 } 4584 4585 // Ignore empty records. 4586 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4587 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4588 4589 if (isAAPCS_VFP) { 4590 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4591 // into VFP registers. 4592 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4593 uint64_t Members = 0; 4594 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), false, &Members)) { 4595 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4596 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4597 if (Base->isVectorType()) { 4598 // ElementSize is in number of floats. 4599 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4; 4600 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize, 4601 Members * ElementSize); 4602 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 4603 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members); 4604 else { 4605 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 4606 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)); 4607 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2); 4608 } 4609 IsCPRC = true; 4610 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4611 } 4612 } 4613 4614 // Support byval for ARM. 4615 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4616 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4617 // than ABI alignment. 4618 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4619 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4620 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4621 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4622 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4623 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4624 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4625 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4626 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4627 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4628 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4); 4629 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4630 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4631 } 4632 4633 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4634 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4635 unsigned SizeRegs; 4636 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4637 // we can. 4638 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4639 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4640 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4641 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs); 4642 } else { 4643 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4644 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4645 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2); 4646 } 4647 4648 llvm::Type *STy = 4649 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL); 4650 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4651 } 4652 4653 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4654 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4655 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4656 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4657 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4658 4659 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4660 4661 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4662 if (Size > 32) 4663 return false; 4664 4665 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4666 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4667 return false; 4668 4669 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4670 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4671 return false; 4672 4673 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4674 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4675 return true; 4676 4677 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4678 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4679 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4680 4681 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4682 // above, but they are not. 4683 4684 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4685 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4686 if (!RT) return false; 4687 4688 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4689 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4690 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4691 return false; 4692 4693 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4694 // like". 4695 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4696 4697 bool HadField = false; 4698 unsigned idx = 0; 4699 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4700 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4701 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4702 4703 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4704 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4705 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4706 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4707 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4708 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4709 HadField = true; 4710 4711 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4712 return false; 4713 4714 continue; 4715 } 4716 4717 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4718 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4719 return false; 4720 4721 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4722 return false; 4723 4724 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4725 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4726 // empty structure. 4727 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4728 if (HadField) 4729 return false; 4730 4731 HadField = true; 4732 } 4733 } 4734 4735 return true; 4736 } 4737 4738 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4739 bool isVariadic) const { 4740 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4741 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4742 4743 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4744 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4745 4746 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4747 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4748 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4749 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4750 } 4751 4752 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4753 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4754 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4755 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4756 4757 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() 4758 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4759 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4760 } 4761 4762 // Are we following APCS? 4763 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4764 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4765 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4766 4767 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4768 // 4769 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4770 // correctly. 4771 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4772 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 4773 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4774 4775 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4776 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4777 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4778 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4779 if (Size <= 8) 4780 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4781 if (Size <= 16) 4782 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4783 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4784 } 4785 4786 // Otherwise return in memory. 4787 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4788 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4789 } 4790 4791 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4792 4793 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4794 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4795 4796 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4797 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4798 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4799 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), false)) { 4800 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4801 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4802 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4803 } 4804 } 4805 4806 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4807 // are returned indirectly. 4808 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4809 if (Size <= 32) { 4810 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4811 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4812 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4813 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4814 4815 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4816 if (Size <= 8) 4817 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4818 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4819 if (Size <= 16) 4820 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4821 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4822 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4823 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4824 } 4825 4826 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4827 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4828 } 4829 4830 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4831 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4832 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4833 // Check whether VT is legal. 4834 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4835 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4836 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4837 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4838 return true; 4839 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4840 return Size <= 32; 4841 } 4842 return false; 4843 } 4844 4845 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4846 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4847 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4848 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4849 4850 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4851 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4852 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4853 4854 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4855 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4856 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4857 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4858 } 4859 4860 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4861 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4862 bool IsIndirect = false; 4863 4864 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4865 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4866 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4867 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4868 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4869 else 4870 TyAlign = 4; 4871 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4872 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 4873 IsIndirect = true; 4874 Size = 4; 4875 TyAlign = 4; 4876 } 4877 4878 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 4879 if (TyAlign > 4) { 4880 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 4881 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 4882 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 4883 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 4884 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 4885 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 4886 } 4887 4888 uint64_t Offset = 4889 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 4890 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 4891 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 4892 "ap.next"); 4893 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4894 4895 if (IsIndirect) 4896 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4897 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 4898 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 4899 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 4900 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 4901 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 4902 // than the ABI alignment. 4903 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 4904 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 4905 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 4906 "var.align"); 4907 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 4908 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 4909 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 4910 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 4911 TyAlign, false); 4912 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 4913 } 4914 llvm::Type *PTy = 4915 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4916 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4917 4918 return AddrTyped; 4919 } 4920 4921 namespace { 4922 4923 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4924 public: 4925 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4926 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {} 4927 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4928 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4929 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4930 private: 4931 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 4932 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 4933 }; 4934 4935 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4936 public: 4937 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4938 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 4939 }; 4940 4941 } 4942 4943 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4944 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 4945 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 4946 else 4947 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI); 4948 } 4949 4950 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4951 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4952 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 4953 // is unsupported. 4954 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 4955 } 4956 4957 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4958 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 4959 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4960 4961 namespace { 4962 4963 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4964 public: 4965 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 4966 4967 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4968 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 4969 4970 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4971 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4972 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 4973 }; 4974 4975 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4976 public: 4977 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 4978 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 4979 4980 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4981 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 4982 private: 4983 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 4984 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 4985 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 4986 }; 4987 4988 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4989 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4990 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4991 4992 // note: this is different from default ABI 4993 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 4994 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4995 4996 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4997 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4998 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4999 5000 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5001 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5002 } 5003 5004 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5005 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5006 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5007 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5008 5009 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5010 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5011 } 5012 5013 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5014 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5015 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5016 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5017 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5018 5019 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5020 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5021 return; 5022 5023 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5024 } 5025 5026 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5027 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 5028 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5029 } 5030 5031 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5032 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5033 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5034 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5035 if (!FD) return; 5036 5037 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5038 5039 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5040 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5041 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5042 // By default, all functions are device functions 5043 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5044 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5045 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5046 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5047 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5048 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5049 } 5050 } 5051 5052 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5053 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5054 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5055 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5056 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5057 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5058 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5059 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5060 } 5061 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5062 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5063 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 5064 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 5065 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 5066 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 5067 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 5068 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 5069 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 5070 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 5071 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5072 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 5073 } 5074 } 5075 } 5076 } 5077 5078 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5079 int Operand) { 5080 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5081 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5082 5083 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5084 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5085 5086 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = { 5087 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5088 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)}; 5089 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5090 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5091 } 5092 } 5093 5094 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5095 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5096 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5097 5098 namespace { 5099 5100 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5101 public: 5102 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5103 5104 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5105 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5106 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5107 5108 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5109 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5110 5111 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5112 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5113 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5114 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5115 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5116 } 5117 5118 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5119 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5120 }; 5121 5122 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5123 public: 5124 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5125 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5126 }; 5127 5128 } 5129 5130 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5131 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5132 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5133 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5134 5135 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5136 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5137 return true; 5138 5139 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5140 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5141 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5142 case BuiltinType::Int: 5143 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5144 return true; 5145 default: 5146 return false; 5147 } 5148 return false; 5149 } 5150 5151 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5152 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5153 } 5154 5155 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5156 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5157 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5158 case BuiltinType::Float: 5159 case BuiltinType::Double: 5160 return true; 5161 default: 5162 return false; 5163 } 5164 5165 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5166 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5167 bool Found = false; 5168 5169 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5170 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5171 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5172 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5173 5174 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5175 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5176 continue; 5177 5178 if (Found) 5179 return false; 5180 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5181 if (!Found) 5182 return false; 5183 } 5184 5185 // Check the fields. 5186 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5187 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5188 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5189 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5190 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5191 return true; 5192 5193 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5194 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5195 if (Found) 5196 return false; 5197 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5198 if (!Found) 5199 return false; 5200 } 5201 5202 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5203 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5204 return Found; 5205 } 5206 5207 return false; 5208 } 5209 5210 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5211 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5212 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5213 // struct { 5214 // i64 __gpr; 5215 // i64 __fpr; 5216 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5217 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5218 // }; 5219 5220 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5221 // GPRs or FPRs. 5222 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5223 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5224 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5225 5226 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5227 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5228 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5229 if (IsIndirect) { 5230 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5231 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5232 } else 5233 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5234 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5235 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5236 5237 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5238 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5239 5240 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5241 if (InFPRs) { 5242 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5243 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5244 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5245 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5246 } else { 5247 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5248 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5249 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5250 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5251 } 5252 5253 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5254 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5255 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5256 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5257 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5258 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5259 "fits_in_regs"); 5260 5261 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5262 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5263 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5264 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5265 5266 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5267 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5268 5269 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5270 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5271 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5272 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5273 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5274 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5275 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5276 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5277 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5278 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5279 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5280 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5281 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5282 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5283 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5284 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5285 5286 // Update the register count 5287 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5288 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5289 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5290 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5291 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5292 5293 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5294 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5295 5296 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5297 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5298 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5299 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5300 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5301 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5302 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5303 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5304 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5305 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5306 5307 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5308 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5309 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5310 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5311 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5312 5313 // Return the appropriate result. 5314 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5315 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5316 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5317 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5318 5319 if (IsIndirect) 5320 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5321 5322 return ResAddr; 5323 } 5324 5325 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5326 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5327 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5328 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5329 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5330 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5331 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5332 } 5333 5334 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5335 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5336 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5337 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5338 5339 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5340 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5341 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5342 5343 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5344 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5345 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5346 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5347 5348 // Handle small structures. 5349 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5350 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5351 // fail the size test above. 5352 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5353 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5354 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5355 5356 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5357 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5358 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5359 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5360 if (Size == 32) 5361 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5362 else 5363 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5364 } else 5365 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5366 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5367 } 5368 5369 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5370 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5371 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5372 5373 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5374 } 5375 5376 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5377 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5378 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5379 5380 namespace { 5381 5382 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5383 public: 5384 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5385 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5386 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5387 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5388 }; 5389 5390 } 5391 5392 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5393 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5394 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5395 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5396 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5397 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5398 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5399 5400 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5401 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5402 5403 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5404 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5405 5406 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5407 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5408 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5409 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5410 } 5411 } 5412 } 5413 5414 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5415 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5416 // big-endian variants. 5417 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5418 5419 namespace { 5420 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5421 bool IsO32; 5422 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5423 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5424 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5425 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5426 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5427 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5428 public: 5429 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5430 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5431 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5432 5433 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5434 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5435 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5436 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5437 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5438 }; 5439 5440 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5441 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5442 public: 5443 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5444 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5445 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5446 5447 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5448 return 29; 5449 } 5450 5451 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5452 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5453 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5454 if (!FD) return; 5455 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5456 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5457 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5458 } 5459 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5460 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5461 } 5462 } 5463 5464 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5465 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5466 5467 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5468 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5469 } 5470 }; 5471 } 5472 5473 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5474 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5475 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5476 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5477 5478 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5479 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5480 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5481 5482 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5483 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5484 5485 if (R) 5486 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5487 } 5488 5489 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5490 // a register. 5491 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5492 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5493 5494 if (IsO32) { 5495 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5496 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5497 } 5498 5499 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5500 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5501 5502 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5503 5504 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5505 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5506 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5507 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5508 } 5509 5510 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5511 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5512 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5513 5514 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5515 unsigned idx = 0; 5516 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5517 5518 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5519 // double fields. 5520 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5521 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5522 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5523 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5524 5525 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5526 continue; 5527 5528 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5529 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5530 continue; 5531 5532 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5533 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5534 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5535 5536 // Add double type. 5537 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5538 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5539 } 5540 5541 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5542 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5543 5544 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5545 } 5546 5547 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5548 uint64_t Offset) const { 5549 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5550 return nullptr; 5551 5552 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5553 } 5554 5555 ABIArgInfo 5556 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5557 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5558 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5559 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5560 5561 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5562 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5563 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5564 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5565 5566 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5567 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5568 if (TySize == 0) 5569 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5570 5571 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5572 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5573 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5574 } 5575 5576 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5577 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5578 // aggregate is unaligned. 5579 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5580 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5581 } 5582 5583 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5584 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5585 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5586 5587 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5588 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5589 5590 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5591 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5592 } 5593 5594 llvm::Type* 5595 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5596 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5597 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5598 5599 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5600 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5601 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5602 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5603 5604 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5605 // following conditions are met: 5606 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5607 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5608 // point types. 5609 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5610 // 5611 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5612 // 5613 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5614 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5615 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5616 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5617 5618 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5619 break; 5620 5621 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5622 } 5623 5624 if (b == e) 5625 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5626 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5627 5628 RTList.clear(); 5629 } 5630 } 5631 5632 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5633 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5634 } 5635 5636 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5637 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5638 5639 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5640 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5641 5642 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5643 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5644 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5645 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5646 5647 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5648 if (Size <= 128) { 5649 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5650 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5651 5652 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5653 // aggregates in registers. 5654 if (!IsO32 || 5655 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5656 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5657 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5658 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5659 return ArgInfo; 5660 } 5661 } 5662 5663 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5664 } 5665 5666 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5667 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5668 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5669 5670 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5671 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5672 } 5673 5674 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5675 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5676 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5677 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5678 5679 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5680 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5681 5682 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5683 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5684 } 5685 5686 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5687 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5688 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5689 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5690 5691 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5692 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5693 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5694 int64_t TypeAlign = 5695 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5696 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5697 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5698 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5699 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5700 5701 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5702 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5703 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5704 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5705 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5706 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5707 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5708 } 5709 else 5710 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5711 5712 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5713 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5714 uint64_t Offset = 5715 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign); 5716 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5717 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5718 "ap.next"); 5719 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5720 5721 return AddrTyped; 5722 } 5723 5724 bool 5725 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5726 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5727 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5728 // as canonical as it gets. 5729 5730 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5731 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5732 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5733 5734 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5735 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5736 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5737 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5738 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5739 5740 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5741 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5742 5743 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5744 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5745 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5746 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5747 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5748 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5749 return false; 5750 } 5751 5752 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5753 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5754 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5755 // handling. 5756 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5757 5758 namespace { 5759 5760 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5761 public: 5762 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5763 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5764 5765 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5766 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5767 }; 5768 5769 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5770 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5771 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5772 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5773 if (!FD) return; 5774 5775 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5776 5777 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5778 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5779 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5780 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5781 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5782 if (Attr) { 5783 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5784 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5785 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5786 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5787 5788 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands; 5789 Operands.push_back(F); 5790 5791 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5792 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))); 5793 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5794 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))); 5795 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5796 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))); 5797 5798 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 5799 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 5800 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5801 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)); 5802 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5803 } 5804 } 5805 } 5806 } 5807 5808 } 5809 5810 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5811 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5812 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5813 5814 namespace { 5815 5816 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5817 5818 5819 public: 5820 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5821 5822 private: 5823 5824 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5825 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5826 5827 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5828 5829 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5830 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5831 }; 5832 5833 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5834 public: 5835 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5836 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5837 5838 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 5839 return 29; 5840 } 5841 }; 5842 5843 } 5844 5845 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5846 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5847 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5848 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5849 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5850 } 5851 5852 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5853 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 5854 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5855 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5856 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5857 5858 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5859 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5860 } 5861 5862 // Ignore empty records. 5863 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 5864 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5865 5866 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5867 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5868 5869 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5870 if (Size > 64) 5871 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5872 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 5873 else if (Size > 32) 5874 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5875 else if (Size > 16) 5876 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5877 else if (Size > 8) 5878 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5879 else 5880 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5881 } 5882 5883 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5884 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5885 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5886 5887 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 5888 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5889 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5890 5891 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 5892 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5893 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5894 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5895 5896 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5897 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5898 } 5899 5900 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 5901 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5902 5903 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5904 // are returned indirectly. 5905 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5906 if (Size <= 64) { 5907 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5908 if (Size <= 8) 5909 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5910 if (Size <= 16) 5911 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5912 if (Size <= 32) 5913 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5914 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5915 } 5916 5917 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5918 } 5919 5920 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5921 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5922 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 5923 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5924 5925 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5926 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 5927 "ap"); 5928 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5929 llvm::Type *PTy = 5930 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5931 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5932 5933 uint64_t Offset = 5934 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 5935 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5936 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5937 "ap.next"); 5938 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5939 5940 return AddrTyped; 5941 } 5942 5943 5944 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5945 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 5946 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 5947 // 5948 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 5949 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 5950 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 5951 // 5952 // One case requires special care: 5953 // 5954 // struct mixed { 5955 // int i; 5956 // float f; 5957 // }; 5958 // 5959 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 5960 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 5961 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 5962 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 5963 // 5964 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 5965 // 5966 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 5967 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 5968 // bytes. 5969 // 5970 namespace { 5971 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5972 public: 5973 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5974 5975 private: 5976 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 5977 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5978 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5979 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5980 5981 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 5982 // serves two purposes: 5983 // 5984 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 5985 // in registers. 5986 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 5987 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 5988 // 5989 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 5990 // aligned 32-bit floats. 5991 // 5992 struct CoerceBuilder { 5993 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 5994 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 5995 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 5996 uint64_t Size; 5997 bool InReg; 5998 5999 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 6000 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 6001 6002 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 6003 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 6004 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 6005 if (ToSize == Size) 6006 return; 6007 6008 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6009 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6010 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6011 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6012 Size = Aligned; 6013 } 6014 6015 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6016 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6017 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6018 Size += 64; 6019 } 6020 6021 // Final in-word padding. 6022 if (Size < ToSize) { 6023 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6024 Size = ToSize; 6025 } 6026 } 6027 6028 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6029 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6030 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6031 if (Offset % Bits) 6032 return; 6033 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6034 if (Bits < 64) 6035 InReg = true; 6036 pad(Offset); 6037 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6038 Size = Offset + Bits; 6039 } 6040 6041 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6042 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6043 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6044 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6045 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6046 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6047 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6048 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6049 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6050 break; 6051 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6052 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6053 break; 6054 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6055 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6056 break; 6057 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6058 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6059 break; 6060 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6061 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6062 pad(ElemOffset); 6063 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6064 Size += 64; 6065 } 6066 break; 6067 default: 6068 break; 6069 } 6070 } 6071 } 6072 6073 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6074 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6075 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size()) 6076 return false; 6077 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i) 6078 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i)) 6079 return false; 6080 return true; 6081 } 6082 6083 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6084 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6085 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6086 return Elems.front(); 6087 else 6088 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6089 } 6090 }; 6091 }; 6092 } // end anonymous namespace 6093 6094 ABIArgInfo 6095 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6096 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6097 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6098 6099 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6100 6101 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6102 // pointer / sret pointer. 6103 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6104 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6105 6106 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6107 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6108 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6109 6110 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6111 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6112 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6113 6114 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6115 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6116 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6117 6118 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6119 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6120 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6121 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6122 6123 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6124 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6125 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6126 if (!StrTy) 6127 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6128 6129 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6130 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6131 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6132 6133 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6134 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6135 6136 if (CB.InReg) 6137 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6138 else 6139 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6140 } 6141 6142 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6143 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6144 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6145 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6146 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6147 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6148 6149 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6150 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6151 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6152 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6153 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6154 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6155 unsigned Stride; 6156 6157 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6158 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6159 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6160 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6161 6162 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6163 Stride = 8; 6164 ArgAddr = Builder 6165 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6166 "extend"); 6167 break; 6168 6169 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6170 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6171 ArgAddr = Addr; 6172 break; 6173 6174 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6175 Stride = 8; 6176 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6177 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6178 "indirect"); 6179 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6180 break; 6181 6182 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6183 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6184 } 6185 6186 // Update VAList. 6187 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6188 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6189 6190 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6191 } 6192 6193 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6194 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6195 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6196 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6197 } 6198 6199 namespace { 6200 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6201 public: 6202 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6203 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6204 6205 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6206 return 14; 6207 } 6208 6209 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6210 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6211 }; 6212 } // end anonymous namespace 6213 6214 bool 6215 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6216 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6217 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6218 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6219 6220 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6221 6222 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6223 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6224 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6225 6226 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6227 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6228 6229 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6230 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6231 6232 // Y = 64 6233 // PSR = 65 6234 // WIM = 66 6235 // TBR = 67 6236 // PC = 68 6237 // NPC = 69 6238 // FSR = 70 6239 // CSR = 71 6240 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6241 6242 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6243 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6244 6245 return false; 6246 } 6247 6248 6249 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6250 // XCore ABI Implementation 6251 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6252 6253 namespace { 6254 6255 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6256 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6257 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6258 6259 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6260 /// 6261 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6262 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6263 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6264 /// 6265 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6266 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6267 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6268 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6269 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6270 /// Recursive type encoding. 6271 /// 6272 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6273 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6274 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6275 /// the type is encountered. 6276 /// 6277 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6278 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6279 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6280 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6281 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6282 /// 6283 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6284 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6285 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6286 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6287 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6288 /// 6289 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6290 /// 6291 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6292 /// cached encoding is used; 6293 /// 6294 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6295 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6296 /// 6297 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6298 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6299 /// 6300 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6301 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6302 /// it is swapped back in; 6303 /// 6304 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6305 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6306 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6307 /// 6308 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6309 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6310 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6311 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6312 /// 6313 class TypeStringCache { 6314 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6315 struct Entry { 6316 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6317 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6318 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6319 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6320 }; 6321 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6322 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6323 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6324 public: 6325 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6326 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6327 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6328 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6329 bool IsRecursive); 6330 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6331 }; 6332 6333 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6334 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6335 class FieldEncoding { 6336 bool HasName; 6337 std::string Enc; 6338 public: 6339 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6340 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6341 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6342 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6343 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6344 } 6345 }; 6346 6347 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6348 public: 6349 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6350 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6351 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6352 }; 6353 6354 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6355 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6356 public: 6357 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6358 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6359 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6360 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6361 }; 6362 6363 } // End anonymous namespace. 6364 6365 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6366 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6367 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6368 6369 // Get the VAList. 6370 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6371 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6372 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6373 6374 // Handle the argument. 6375 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6376 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6377 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6378 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6379 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6380 llvm::Value *Val; 6381 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6382 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6383 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6384 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6385 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6386 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6387 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6388 ArgSize = 0; 6389 break; 6390 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6391 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6392 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6393 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6394 if (ArgSize < 4) 6395 ArgSize = 4; 6396 break; 6397 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6398 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6399 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6400 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6401 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6402 ArgSize = 4; 6403 break; 6404 } 6405 6406 // Increment the VAList. 6407 if (ArgSize) { 6408 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6409 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6410 } 6411 return Val; 6412 } 6413 6414 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6415 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6416 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6417 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6418 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6419 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6420 std::string StubEnc) { 6421 if (!ID) 6422 return; 6423 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6424 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6425 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6426 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6427 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6428 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6429 E.State = Incomplete; 6430 ++IncompleteCount; 6431 } 6432 6433 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6434 /// must be removed from the cache. 6435 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6436 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6437 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6438 if (!ID) 6439 return false; 6440 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6441 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6442 Entry &E = I->second; 6443 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6444 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6445 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6446 bool IsRecursive = false; 6447 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6448 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6449 IsRecursive = true; 6450 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6451 } 6452 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6453 Map.erase(I); 6454 else { 6455 // Swap the Recursive back. 6456 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6457 E.Swapped.clear(); 6458 E.State = Recursive; 6459 } 6460 --IncompleteCount; 6461 return IsRecursive; 6462 } 6463 6464 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6465 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6466 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6467 bool IsRecursive) { 6468 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6469 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6470 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6471 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6472 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6473 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6474 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6475 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6476 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6477 return; 6478 } 6479 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6480 E.Str = Str.str(); 6481 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6482 } 6483 6484 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6485 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6486 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6487 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6488 if (!ID) 6489 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6490 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6491 if (I == Map.end()) 6492 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6493 Entry &E = I->second; 6494 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6495 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6496 6497 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6498 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6499 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6500 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6501 } 6502 return E.Str.c_str(); 6503 } 6504 6505 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6506 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6507 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6508 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6509 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6510 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6511 /// 6512 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6513 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6514 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6515 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6516 /// 6517 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6518 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6519 6520 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6521 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6522 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6523 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6524 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6525 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6526 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals; 6527 MDVals.push_back(GV); 6528 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6529 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6530 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6531 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6532 } 6533 } 6534 6535 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6536 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6537 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6538 6539 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6540 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6541 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6542 const RecordDecl *RD, 6543 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6544 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6545 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 6546 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6547 Enc += "m("; 6548 Enc += Field->getName(); 6549 Enc += "){"; 6550 if (Field->isBitField()) { 6551 Enc += "b("; 6552 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6553 OS.resync(); 6554 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6555 OS.flush(); 6556 Enc += ':'; 6557 } 6558 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6559 return false; 6560 if (Field->isBitField()) 6561 Enc += ')'; 6562 Enc += '}'; 6563 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6564 } 6565 return true; 6566 } 6567 6568 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6569 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6570 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6571 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6572 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6573 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6574 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6575 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6576 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6577 Enc += TypeString; 6578 return true; 6579 } 6580 6581 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6582 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6583 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6584 Enc += '('; 6585 if (ID) 6586 Enc += ID->getName(); 6587 Enc += "){"; 6588 6589 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6590 bool IsRecursive = false; 6591 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6592 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6593 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6594 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6595 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6596 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6597 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6598 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6599 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6600 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6601 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6602 return false; 6603 } 6604 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6605 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6606 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6607 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6608 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6609 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6610 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6611 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6612 if (I) 6613 Enc += ','; 6614 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6615 } 6616 } 6617 Enc += '}'; 6618 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6619 return true; 6620 } 6621 6622 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6623 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6624 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6625 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6626 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6627 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6628 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6629 Enc += TypeString; 6630 return true; 6631 } 6632 6633 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6634 Enc += "e("; 6635 if (ID) 6636 Enc += ID->getName(); 6637 Enc += "){"; 6638 6639 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6640 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6641 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6642 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6643 ++I) { 6644 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6645 EnumEnc += "m("; 6646 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6647 EnumEnc += "){"; 6648 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6649 EnumEnc += '}'; 6650 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6651 } 6652 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6653 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6654 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6655 if (I) 6656 Enc += ','; 6657 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6658 } 6659 } 6660 Enc += '}'; 6661 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6662 return true; 6663 } 6664 6665 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6666 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6667 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6668 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6669 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6670 int Lookup = 0; 6671 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6672 Lookup += 1<<0; 6673 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6674 Lookup += 1<<1; 6675 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6676 Lookup += 1<<2; 6677 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6678 } 6679 6680 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6681 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6682 const char *EncType; 6683 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6684 case BuiltinType::Void: 6685 EncType = "0"; 6686 break; 6687 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6688 EncType = "b"; 6689 break; 6690 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6691 EncType = "uc"; 6692 break; 6693 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6694 EncType = "uc"; 6695 break; 6696 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6697 EncType = "sc"; 6698 break; 6699 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6700 EncType = "us"; 6701 break; 6702 case BuiltinType::Short: 6703 EncType = "ss"; 6704 break; 6705 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6706 EncType = "ui"; 6707 break; 6708 case BuiltinType::Int: 6709 EncType = "si"; 6710 break; 6711 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6712 EncType = "ul"; 6713 break; 6714 case BuiltinType::Long: 6715 EncType = "sl"; 6716 break; 6717 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6718 EncType = "ull"; 6719 break; 6720 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6721 EncType = "sll"; 6722 break; 6723 case BuiltinType::Float: 6724 EncType = "ft"; 6725 break; 6726 case BuiltinType::Double: 6727 EncType = "d"; 6728 break; 6729 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6730 EncType = "ld"; 6731 break; 6732 default: 6733 return false; 6734 } 6735 Enc += EncType; 6736 return true; 6737 } 6738 6739 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6740 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6741 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6742 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6743 Enc += "p("; 6744 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6745 return false; 6746 Enc += ')'; 6747 return true; 6748 } 6749 6750 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6751 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6752 const ArrayType *AT, 6753 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6754 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6755 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6756 return false; 6757 Enc += "a("; 6758 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6759 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6760 else 6761 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6762 Enc += ':'; 6763 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6764 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6765 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6766 return false; 6767 Enc += ')'; 6768 return true; 6769 } 6770 6771 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6772 /// and the arguments. 6773 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6774 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6775 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6776 Enc += "f{"; 6777 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6778 return false; 6779 Enc += "}("; 6780 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6781 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6782 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6783 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6784 if (I != E) { 6785 do { 6786 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6787 return false; 6788 ++I; 6789 if (I != E) 6790 Enc += ','; 6791 } while (I != E); 6792 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6793 Enc += ",va"; 6794 } else { 6795 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6796 Enc += "va"; 6797 else 6798 Enc += '0'; 6799 } 6800 } 6801 Enc += ')'; 6802 return true; 6803 } 6804 6805 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 6806 /// type encodings. 6807 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6808 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6809 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6810 6811 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 6812 6813 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 6814 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6815 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6816 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 6817 6818 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6819 6820 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 6821 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 6822 6823 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 6824 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 6825 6826 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 6827 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6828 6829 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 6830 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6831 6832 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 6833 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6834 6835 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 6836 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 6837 6838 return false; 6839 } 6840 6841 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6842 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6843 if (!D) 6844 return false; 6845 6846 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6847 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6848 return false; 6849 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 6850 } 6851 6852 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6853 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6854 return false; 6855 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 6856 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 6857 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 6858 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6859 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6860 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 6861 } 6862 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 6863 } 6864 return false; 6865 } 6866 6867 6868 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6869 // Driver code 6870 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6871 6872 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 6873 return getTarget().getTriple(); 6874 } 6875 6876 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 6877 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 6878 } 6879 6880 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 6881 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 6882 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 6883 6884 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 6885 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 6886 default: 6887 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6888 6889 case llvm::Triple::le32: 6890 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6891 case llvm::Triple::mips: 6892 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 6893 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 6894 6895 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 6896 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 6897 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 6898 6899 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 6900 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 6901 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 6902 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 6903 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 6904 6905 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6906 } 6907 6908 case llvm::Triple::arm: 6909 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 6910 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 6911 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 6912 { 6913 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 6914 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 6915 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 6916 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 6917 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 6918 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 6919 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 6920 6921 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6922 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6923 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6924 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6925 default: 6926 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6927 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6928 } 6929 } 6930 6931 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 6932 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6933 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 6934 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 6935 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6936 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 6937 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6938 6939 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6940 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6941 } else 6942 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6943 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 6944 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 6945 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6946 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1") 6947 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6948 6949 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6950 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6951 } 6952 6953 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 6954 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 6955 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6956 6957 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 6958 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6959 6960 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 6961 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6962 6963 case llvm::Triple::tce: 6964 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6965 6966 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 6967 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 6968 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 6969 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 6970 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment(); 6971 6972 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 6973 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6974 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6975 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6976 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6977 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6978 } else { 6979 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6980 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6981 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6982 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6983 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6984 } 6985 } 6986 6987 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 6988 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 6989 6990 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6991 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 6992 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6993 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6994 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6995 HasAVX)); 6996 default: 6997 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6998 HasAVX)); 6999 } 7000 } 7001 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 7002 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7003 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 7004 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7005 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 7006 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7007 } 7008 } 7009